lab experiment: tie dye - wordpress.com · web viewaside from the qualitative analysis of metals,...

94
CH 2: General Chemistry Laboratory Department of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 1 Experiment 1: MEASUREMENTS PRE-LAB Study the following questions before entering the laboratory to perform this experiment. 1. What is density? Does it depend on temperature? Explain. 2. What are significant figures? What are the rules in determining and reporting the proper number of significant figures? Things to bring: (per group of 4 – those sharing the same sink): DEGASSED regular coke and DEGASSED diet coke – open a can and leave it overnight (do not put it in the ref) INTRODUCTION Any scientist, in the course of experimentation, must employ measurement to record his observations in the form of quantitative data, be it mass, volume, length, etc. It is the most fundamental skill that any scientist needs to acquire and master. This involves observing and recording quantitative data accurately. Accuracy means that data must be recorded truthfully and as observed or obtained (significant figures). OBJECTIVE This experiment aims to: (a) develop in the student the skills in using the balance and graduated cylinder, (b) determine the mass, volume, and densities of Regular and Diet Coke, (c) compare their densities, and (d) demonstrate the concepts of significant figures, precision, and accuracy in measurements. MATERIALS 10 mL Regular Coke spatula 10 mL graduated cylinder calculator 1

Upload: others

Post on 31-Dec-2019

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 1

Experiment 1 MEASUREMENTS

PRE-LABStudy the following questions before entering the laboratory to perform this experiment

1 What is density Does it depend on temperature Explain2 What are significant figures What are the rules in determining and

reporting the proper number of significant figures

Things to bring (per group of 4 ndash those sharing the same sink)DEGASSED regular coke and DEGASSED diet coke ndash open a can

and leave it overnight (do not put it in the ref)

INTRODUCTIONAny scientist in the course of experimentation must employ

measurement to record his observations in the form of quantitative data be it mass volume length etc It is the most fundamental skill that any scientist needs to acquire and master This involves observing and recording quantitative data accurately Accuracy means that data must be recorded truthfully and as observed or obtained (significant figures)

OBJECTIVEThis experiment aims to (a) develop in the student the skills in

using the balance and graduated cylinder (b) determine the mass volume and densities of Regular and Diet Coke (c) compare their densities and (d) demonstrate the concepts of significant figures precision and accuracy in measurements

MATERIALS10 mL Regular Coke spatula10 mL graduated cylinder calculatorsand 10 mL Diet Cokecopy of the soda can labels beaker

PROCEDUREA Measuring a desired mass of a solid substanceNote As a general rule chemicals should never be placed directly on the balance panSolids may be weighed in any suitable container such as a watch glass a small beaker or even a clean piece of paper Check with your instructor regarding the suitability of each container In future experiments you will be expected to deduce which container is best suited for a particular measurement

1

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 2

Measure the mass of a 150-mL plastic beaker (the smaller one in

your locker) Record the data directly on the worksheet Do NOT write the data anywhere else (eg on scratch paper or on your palm)

Press TARE What happens Note down your observationsMeasure 5 grams of sand How will you do this Do NOT put

anything (eg a spatula) inside the sample bottle Record the actual mass

B Measuring the mass and volume of liquid samples

Weigh a dry 10-mL graduated cylinder Press TARE Fill the graduated cylinder with degassed Regular Coke up to the 10-mL mark Note down the actual volume and mass of the liquid sample in the proper number of significant figures Measure the volume of the sample at the level of the lower meniscus Do three trials emptying and refilling the cylinder each time You can reuse the sample however you CANNOT put back the sample in the reagent bottle Afterwards throw your liquid samples in the sink

Repeat steps 1 and 2 using degassed Diet Coke

Note Degassing means removing the dissolved gas in soda drinks it is carbon dioxidefrom a solution You can do this by opening the soda can several hours before the actualexperiment It is also recommended that you transfer the solution to a container with a larger mouth to facilitate degassing

C Calculating densityCompute the densities of Regular and Diet Coke Average

results NOT data Do NOT record all the digits that show up on your calculator record your final result in the proper number of significant figures

ReferencesRS Herrick LP Nestor amp DA Benedetto 1999 Using data pooling to

measure the density of sodas J Chem Ed 76 1411-1413AMJ Javellana 1994 Measurements In Simple Chemistry Experiments

4e Loyola Heights Quezon City Philippine Institute of Pure and Applied Chemistry pp1-7

2

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 3

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________

OBSERVATIONSPART A__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PART B__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA and RESULTS

A Mass of 150-mL beaker___________________Mass of the sand sample_____________________

3

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 4

B Density of Liquid samplesMass of 10 mL graduated cylinder ________________

Sample Calculations

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 When using the balance what happens if you press TARE What is this mechanism used for______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________2 Is there a difference between the average densities of Regular and Diet Coke If yes what is the reason for this difference Hint Look for clues in the ingredients list on the product label______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the density of water is 100 gmL at the same conditions of pressure and temperature as today which do you think will float on a basin of watermdashan unopened can of Regular Coke Diet Coke or both Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 5

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What is precision What does it indicate How do you evaluate precision______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What is accuracy What does it indicate How do you evaluate accuracy______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 2 CONSERVATION OF MASSChemistry on the Balance

INTRODUCTIONBy the time you do this experiment you will have had occasions

to use the balance The balance is one of the chemistrsquos most useful tools One of the first chemists who made extensive use of this tool in his experiments was Antoine Lavoisier As a matter of fact everything he discovered came from ldquohis constant and consistent use of the balance in studying chemical reactionsrdquo (Vallarino and Quagliano) Lavoisierrsquos study of chemical reactions eventually led him to formulate a general statement In any chemical reaction the total mass of all products is equal to the total mass of all reactants This statement is commonly called the Law of Conservation of Mass

In this study you will perform two experiments that resemble Lavoisierrsquos work which will hopefully help you understand the Law of Conservation of Mass

MATERIALSsodium carbonate solutioncalcium chloride solutionsulfuric acid solution

5

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 6

3 test tubes150-mL plastic beaker10-mL graduated cylindermarker

PROCEDUREPart A1 Measure out 4 mL of sodium carbonate into a test tube2 Measure out 1 mL of calcium chloride into a second test tube3 Place identifying mark in a third test tube and add 2 mL of sulfuric acid into it4 Place the three test tubes in a 150-mL beaker making sure that the

test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner Record the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents as mr

5 Pour all the calcium chloride solution from its test tube into the one containing sodium

carbonate Do this over the beaker to catch whatever solution might spill Note down your observations

6 Put back all the test tubes into the beaker including the ldquoemptyrdquo one Measure the total mass of the beaker and the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp1

Part B7 Remove the beaker from the balance Hold the test tube containing

the two mixed solutions with a test tube holder Slowly and carefully add to it the sulfuric acid from the third test tube Do this over the beaker to catch any material that might spill

8 Put all the test tubes back into the beaker including the two ldquoemptyrdquo ones Make sure that the test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner

9 Measure the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp2

CALCULATIONS1 In step 4 the total mass mr is the total mass of the reactants In

step 5 calcium chloride reacts with sodium carbonate to form soluble sodium chloride (which remains in solution) and insoluble calcium carbonate (which precipitates out of the solution) In step 6 the total mass after the first reaction is mp1 Calculate the difference in mass between the products and the reactants

2 In step 7 calcium carbonate reacts with sulfuric acid to form insoluble calcium sulfate water and carbon dioxide gas Calculate the difference in mass between this second set of products mp2 and the reactants

6

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 7

Name _____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 8

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 From your results for the difference between Mp1 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 From your results for the difference between Mp2 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why were you instructed to pour one solution into the other over the 150-mL beaker__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What do you have to do to really test the conservation of mass in step (7) of the procedure__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Each time you poured from one test tube to another some drops still remained in the test tube from which you poured Does this affect your results Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 10

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 3 LAYERING LIQUIDSINTRODUCTION

10

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 2: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 2

Measure the mass of a 150-mL plastic beaker (the smaller one in

your locker) Record the data directly on the worksheet Do NOT write the data anywhere else (eg on scratch paper or on your palm)

Press TARE What happens Note down your observationsMeasure 5 grams of sand How will you do this Do NOT put

anything (eg a spatula) inside the sample bottle Record the actual mass

B Measuring the mass and volume of liquid samples

Weigh a dry 10-mL graduated cylinder Press TARE Fill the graduated cylinder with degassed Regular Coke up to the 10-mL mark Note down the actual volume and mass of the liquid sample in the proper number of significant figures Measure the volume of the sample at the level of the lower meniscus Do three trials emptying and refilling the cylinder each time You can reuse the sample however you CANNOT put back the sample in the reagent bottle Afterwards throw your liquid samples in the sink

Repeat steps 1 and 2 using degassed Diet Coke

Note Degassing means removing the dissolved gas in soda drinks it is carbon dioxidefrom a solution You can do this by opening the soda can several hours before the actualexperiment It is also recommended that you transfer the solution to a container with a larger mouth to facilitate degassing

C Calculating densityCompute the densities of Regular and Diet Coke Average

results NOT data Do NOT record all the digits that show up on your calculator record your final result in the proper number of significant figures

ReferencesRS Herrick LP Nestor amp DA Benedetto 1999 Using data pooling to

measure the density of sodas J Chem Ed 76 1411-1413AMJ Javellana 1994 Measurements In Simple Chemistry Experiments

4e Loyola Heights Quezon City Philippine Institute of Pure and Applied Chemistry pp1-7

2

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 3

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________

OBSERVATIONSPART A__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PART B__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA and RESULTS

A Mass of 150-mL beaker___________________Mass of the sand sample_____________________

3

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 4

B Density of Liquid samplesMass of 10 mL graduated cylinder ________________

Sample Calculations

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 When using the balance what happens if you press TARE What is this mechanism used for______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________2 Is there a difference between the average densities of Regular and Diet Coke If yes what is the reason for this difference Hint Look for clues in the ingredients list on the product label______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the density of water is 100 gmL at the same conditions of pressure and temperature as today which do you think will float on a basin of watermdashan unopened can of Regular Coke Diet Coke or both Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 5

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What is precision What does it indicate How do you evaluate precision______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What is accuracy What does it indicate How do you evaluate accuracy______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 2 CONSERVATION OF MASSChemistry on the Balance

INTRODUCTIONBy the time you do this experiment you will have had occasions

to use the balance The balance is one of the chemistrsquos most useful tools One of the first chemists who made extensive use of this tool in his experiments was Antoine Lavoisier As a matter of fact everything he discovered came from ldquohis constant and consistent use of the balance in studying chemical reactionsrdquo (Vallarino and Quagliano) Lavoisierrsquos study of chemical reactions eventually led him to formulate a general statement In any chemical reaction the total mass of all products is equal to the total mass of all reactants This statement is commonly called the Law of Conservation of Mass

In this study you will perform two experiments that resemble Lavoisierrsquos work which will hopefully help you understand the Law of Conservation of Mass

MATERIALSsodium carbonate solutioncalcium chloride solutionsulfuric acid solution

5

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 6

3 test tubes150-mL plastic beaker10-mL graduated cylindermarker

PROCEDUREPart A1 Measure out 4 mL of sodium carbonate into a test tube2 Measure out 1 mL of calcium chloride into a second test tube3 Place identifying mark in a third test tube and add 2 mL of sulfuric acid into it4 Place the three test tubes in a 150-mL beaker making sure that the

test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner Record the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents as mr

5 Pour all the calcium chloride solution from its test tube into the one containing sodium

carbonate Do this over the beaker to catch whatever solution might spill Note down your observations

6 Put back all the test tubes into the beaker including the ldquoemptyrdquo one Measure the total mass of the beaker and the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp1

Part B7 Remove the beaker from the balance Hold the test tube containing

the two mixed solutions with a test tube holder Slowly and carefully add to it the sulfuric acid from the third test tube Do this over the beaker to catch any material that might spill

8 Put all the test tubes back into the beaker including the two ldquoemptyrdquo ones Make sure that the test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner

9 Measure the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp2

CALCULATIONS1 In step 4 the total mass mr is the total mass of the reactants In

step 5 calcium chloride reacts with sodium carbonate to form soluble sodium chloride (which remains in solution) and insoluble calcium carbonate (which precipitates out of the solution) In step 6 the total mass after the first reaction is mp1 Calculate the difference in mass between the products and the reactants

2 In step 7 calcium carbonate reacts with sulfuric acid to form insoluble calcium sulfate water and carbon dioxide gas Calculate the difference in mass between this second set of products mp2 and the reactants

6

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 7

Name _____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 8

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 From your results for the difference between Mp1 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 From your results for the difference between Mp2 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why were you instructed to pour one solution into the other over the 150-mL beaker__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What do you have to do to really test the conservation of mass in step (7) of the procedure__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Each time you poured from one test tube to another some drops still remained in the test tube from which you poured Does this affect your results Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 10

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 3 LAYERING LIQUIDSINTRODUCTION

10

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 3: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 3

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________

OBSERVATIONSPART A__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

PART B__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA and RESULTS

A Mass of 150-mL beaker___________________Mass of the sand sample_____________________

3

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 4

B Density of Liquid samplesMass of 10 mL graduated cylinder ________________

Sample Calculations

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 When using the balance what happens if you press TARE What is this mechanism used for______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________2 Is there a difference between the average densities of Regular and Diet Coke If yes what is the reason for this difference Hint Look for clues in the ingredients list on the product label______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the density of water is 100 gmL at the same conditions of pressure and temperature as today which do you think will float on a basin of watermdashan unopened can of Regular Coke Diet Coke or both Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 5

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What is precision What does it indicate How do you evaluate precision______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What is accuracy What does it indicate How do you evaluate accuracy______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 2 CONSERVATION OF MASSChemistry on the Balance

INTRODUCTIONBy the time you do this experiment you will have had occasions

to use the balance The balance is one of the chemistrsquos most useful tools One of the first chemists who made extensive use of this tool in his experiments was Antoine Lavoisier As a matter of fact everything he discovered came from ldquohis constant and consistent use of the balance in studying chemical reactionsrdquo (Vallarino and Quagliano) Lavoisierrsquos study of chemical reactions eventually led him to formulate a general statement In any chemical reaction the total mass of all products is equal to the total mass of all reactants This statement is commonly called the Law of Conservation of Mass

In this study you will perform two experiments that resemble Lavoisierrsquos work which will hopefully help you understand the Law of Conservation of Mass

MATERIALSsodium carbonate solutioncalcium chloride solutionsulfuric acid solution

5

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 6

3 test tubes150-mL plastic beaker10-mL graduated cylindermarker

PROCEDUREPart A1 Measure out 4 mL of sodium carbonate into a test tube2 Measure out 1 mL of calcium chloride into a second test tube3 Place identifying mark in a third test tube and add 2 mL of sulfuric acid into it4 Place the three test tubes in a 150-mL beaker making sure that the

test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner Record the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents as mr

5 Pour all the calcium chloride solution from its test tube into the one containing sodium

carbonate Do this over the beaker to catch whatever solution might spill Note down your observations

6 Put back all the test tubes into the beaker including the ldquoemptyrdquo one Measure the total mass of the beaker and the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp1

Part B7 Remove the beaker from the balance Hold the test tube containing

the two mixed solutions with a test tube holder Slowly and carefully add to it the sulfuric acid from the third test tube Do this over the beaker to catch any material that might spill

8 Put all the test tubes back into the beaker including the two ldquoemptyrdquo ones Make sure that the test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner

9 Measure the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp2

CALCULATIONS1 In step 4 the total mass mr is the total mass of the reactants In

step 5 calcium chloride reacts with sodium carbonate to form soluble sodium chloride (which remains in solution) and insoluble calcium carbonate (which precipitates out of the solution) In step 6 the total mass after the first reaction is mp1 Calculate the difference in mass between the products and the reactants

2 In step 7 calcium carbonate reacts with sulfuric acid to form insoluble calcium sulfate water and carbon dioxide gas Calculate the difference in mass between this second set of products mp2 and the reactants

6

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 7

Name _____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 8

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 From your results for the difference between Mp1 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 From your results for the difference between Mp2 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why were you instructed to pour one solution into the other over the 150-mL beaker__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What do you have to do to really test the conservation of mass in step (7) of the procedure__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Each time you poured from one test tube to another some drops still remained in the test tube from which you poured Does this affect your results Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 10

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 3 LAYERING LIQUIDSINTRODUCTION

10

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 4: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 4

B Density of Liquid samplesMass of 10 mL graduated cylinder ________________

Sample Calculations

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 When using the balance what happens if you press TARE What is this mechanism used for______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________2 Is there a difference between the average densities of Regular and Diet Coke If yes what is the reason for this difference Hint Look for clues in the ingredients list on the product label______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the density of water is 100 gmL at the same conditions of pressure and temperature as today which do you think will float on a basin of watermdashan unopened can of Regular Coke Diet Coke or both Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 5

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What is precision What does it indicate How do you evaluate precision______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What is accuracy What does it indicate How do you evaluate accuracy______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 2 CONSERVATION OF MASSChemistry on the Balance

INTRODUCTIONBy the time you do this experiment you will have had occasions

to use the balance The balance is one of the chemistrsquos most useful tools One of the first chemists who made extensive use of this tool in his experiments was Antoine Lavoisier As a matter of fact everything he discovered came from ldquohis constant and consistent use of the balance in studying chemical reactionsrdquo (Vallarino and Quagliano) Lavoisierrsquos study of chemical reactions eventually led him to formulate a general statement In any chemical reaction the total mass of all products is equal to the total mass of all reactants This statement is commonly called the Law of Conservation of Mass

In this study you will perform two experiments that resemble Lavoisierrsquos work which will hopefully help you understand the Law of Conservation of Mass

MATERIALSsodium carbonate solutioncalcium chloride solutionsulfuric acid solution

5

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 6

3 test tubes150-mL plastic beaker10-mL graduated cylindermarker

PROCEDUREPart A1 Measure out 4 mL of sodium carbonate into a test tube2 Measure out 1 mL of calcium chloride into a second test tube3 Place identifying mark in a third test tube and add 2 mL of sulfuric acid into it4 Place the three test tubes in a 150-mL beaker making sure that the

test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner Record the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents as mr

5 Pour all the calcium chloride solution from its test tube into the one containing sodium

carbonate Do this over the beaker to catch whatever solution might spill Note down your observations

6 Put back all the test tubes into the beaker including the ldquoemptyrdquo one Measure the total mass of the beaker and the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp1

Part B7 Remove the beaker from the balance Hold the test tube containing

the two mixed solutions with a test tube holder Slowly and carefully add to it the sulfuric acid from the third test tube Do this over the beaker to catch any material that might spill

8 Put all the test tubes back into the beaker including the two ldquoemptyrdquo ones Make sure that the test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner

9 Measure the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp2

CALCULATIONS1 In step 4 the total mass mr is the total mass of the reactants In

step 5 calcium chloride reacts with sodium carbonate to form soluble sodium chloride (which remains in solution) and insoluble calcium carbonate (which precipitates out of the solution) In step 6 the total mass after the first reaction is mp1 Calculate the difference in mass between the products and the reactants

2 In step 7 calcium carbonate reacts with sulfuric acid to form insoluble calcium sulfate water and carbon dioxide gas Calculate the difference in mass between this second set of products mp2 and the reactants

6

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 7

Name _____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 8

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 From your results for the difference between Mp1 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 From your results for the difference between Mp2 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why were you instructed to pour one solution into the other over the 150-mL beaker__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What do you have to do to really test the conservation of mass in step (7) of the procedure__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Each time you poured from one test tube to another some drops still remained in the test tube from which you poured Does this affect your results Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 10

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 3 LAYERING LIQUIDSINTRODUCTION

10

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 5: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 5

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What is precision What does it indicate How do you evaluate precision______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What is accuracy What does it indicate How do you evaluate accuracy______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 2 CONSERVATION OF MASSChemistry on the Balance

INTRODUCTIONBy the time you do this experiment you will have had occasions

to use the balance The balance is one of the chemistrsquos most useful tools One of the first chemists who made extensive use of this tool in his experiments was Antoine Lavoisier As a matter of fact everything he discovered came from ldquohis constant and consistent use of the balance in studying chemical reactionsrdquo (Vallarino and Quagliano) Lavoisierrsquos study of chemical reactions eventually led him to formulate a general statement In any chemical reaction the total mass of all products is equal to the total mass of all reactants This statement is commonly called the Law of Conservation of Mass

In this study you will perform two experiments that resemble Lavoisierrsquos work which will hopefully help you understand the Law of Conservation of Mass

MATERIALSsodium carbonate solutioncalcium chloride solutionsulfuric acid solution

5

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 6

3 test tubes150-mL plastic beaker10-mL graduated cylindermarker

PROCEDUREPart A1 Measure out 4 mL of sodium carbonate into a test tube2 Measure out 1 mL of calcium chloride into a second test tube3 Place identifying mark in a third test tube and add 2 mL of sulfuric acid into it4 Place the three test tubes in a 150-mL beaker making sure that the

test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner Record the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents as mr

5 Pour all the calcium chloride solution from its test tube into the one containing sodium

carbonate Do this over the beaker to catch whatever solution might spill Note down your observations

6 Put back all the test tubes into the beaker including the ldquoemptyrdquo one Measure the total mass of the beaker and the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp1

Part B7 Remove the beaker from the balance Hold the test tube containing

the two mixed solutions with a test tube holder Slowly and carefully add to it the sulfuric acid from the third test tube Do this over the beaker to catch any material that might spill

8 Put all the test tubes back into the beaker including the two ldquoemptyrdquo ones Make sure that the test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner

9 Measure the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp2

CALCULATIONS1 In step 4 the total mass mr is the total mass of the reactants In

step 5 calcium chloride reacts with sodium carbonate to form soluble sodium chloride (which remains in solution) and insoluble calcium carbonate (which precipitates out of the solution) In step 6 the total mass after the first reaction is mp1 Calculate the difference in mass between the products and the reactants

2 In step 7 calcium carbonate reacts with sulfuric acid to form insoluble calcium sulfate water and carbon dioxide gas Calculate the difference in mass between this second set of products mp2 and the reactants

6

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 7

Name _____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 8

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 From your results for the difference between Mp1 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 From your results for the difference between Mp2 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why were you instructed to pour one solution into the other over the 150-mL beaker__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What do you have to do to really test the conservation of mass in step (7) of the procedure__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Each time you poured from one test tube to another some drops still remained in the test tube from which you poured Does this affect your results Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 10

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 3 LAYERING LIQUIDSINTRODUCTION

10

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 6: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 6

3 test tubes150-mL plastic beaker10-mL graduated cylindermarker

PROCEDUREPart A1 Measure out 4 mL of sodium carbonate into a test tube2 Measure out 1 mL of calcium chloride into a second test tube3 Place identifying mark in a third test tube and add 2 mL of sulfuric acid into it4 Place the three test tubes in a 150-mL beaker making sure that the

test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner Record the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents as mr

5 Pour all the calcium chloride solution from its test tube into the one containing sodium

carbonate Do this over the beaker to catch whatever solution might spill Note down your observations

6 Put back all the test tubes into the beaker including the ldquoemptyrdquo one Measure the total mass of the beaker and the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp1

Part B7 Remove the beaker from the balance Hold the test tube containing

the two mixed solutions with a test tube holder Slowly and carefully add to it the sulfuric acid from the third test tube Do this over the beaker to catch any material that might spill

8 Put all the test tubes back into the beaker including the two ldquoemptyrdquo ones Make sure that the test tubes are arranged in a ldquobalancedrdquo manner

9 Measure the total mass of the beaker plus the three test tubes and their contents Record your measurement as mp2

CALCULATIONS1 In step 4 the total mass mr is the total mass of the reactants In

step 5 calcium chloride reacts with sodium carbonate to form soluble sodium chloride (which remains in solution) and insoluble calcium carbonate (which precipitates out of the solution) In step 6 the total mass after the first reaction is mp1 Calculate the difference in mass between the products and the reactants

2 In step 7 calcium carbonate reacts with sulfuric acid to form insoluble calcium sulfate water and carbon dioxide gas Calculate the difference in mass between this second set of products mp2 and the reactants

6

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 7

Name _____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 8

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 From your results for the difference between Mp1 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 From your results for the difference between Mp2 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why were you instructed to pour one solution into the other over the 150-mL beaker__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What do you have to do to really test the conservation of mass in step (7) of the procedure__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Each time you poured from one test tube to another some drops still remained in the test tube from which you poured Does this affect your results Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 10

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 3 LAYERING LIQUIDSINTRODUCTION

10

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 7: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 7

Name _____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

7

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 8

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 From your results for the difference between Mp1 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 From your results for the difference between Mp2 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why were you instructed to pour one solution into the other over the 150-mL beaker__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What do you have to do to really test the conservation of mass in step (7) of the procedure__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Each time you poured from one test tube to another some drops still remained in the test tube from which you poured Does this affect your results Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 10

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 3 LAYERING LIQUIDSINTRODUCTION

10

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 8: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 8

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

QUESTIONS1 From your results for the difference between Mp1 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

8

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 From your results for the difference between Mp2 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why were you instructed to pour one solution into the other over the 150-mL beaker__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What do you have to do to really test the conservation of mass in step (7) of the procedure__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Each time you poured from one test tube to another some drops still remained in the test tube from which you poured Does this affect your results Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 10

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 3 LAYERING LIQUIDSINTRODUCTION

10

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 9: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 9

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 From your results for the difference between Mp2 ndash Mr would you say that mass wasconserved in the reaction Explain why on the basis of your observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why were you instructed to pour one solution into the other over the 150-mL beaker__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What do you have to do to really test the conservation of mass in step (7) of the procedure__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Each time you poured from one test tube to another some drops still remained in the test tube from which you poured Does this affect your results Explain________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

9

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 10

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 3 LAYERING LIQUIDSINTRODUCTION

10

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 10: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 10

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 3 LAYERING LIQUIDSINTRODUCTION

10

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 11: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 11

You will be given a set of five liquids You are supposed to find a

way of putting them in five layers one on top of the other To do this you have to consider some of the properties of the substance such as density and solubility You know for instance that the denser liquid sinks and the less dense liquid floats You must have heard of the saying that ldquolike dissolves likerdquo ie liquids of like polarity dissolve (or are miscible) in each other All the liquids you will be using are colorless when pure However some liquids have been colored to make them more visible and interesting

MATERIALS5 unknown liquids10 mL graduated cylinderbalancetest tubes

PROCEDUREDetermine the density of the five liquids Get the mass of the

dry clean 10 mL graduated cylinder Add approximately 2 mL of liquid to your 10 mL graduated cylinder Record the actual volume Get the mass of the graduated cylinder + liquid From this data you can calculate the density of the liquid

Using density data you can now determine the order of the layers of the liquid To make sure that the liquids will not mix check their solubility in each other Note down your observations Once you have decided show your procedure on how you will create the five layers to your instructor If your plan has been approved get 1 mL of the first liquid and carefully pour along the sides of a test tube Then do the same for the next liquid and so on until you get the five layers Show your test tube with sample to your instructor

11

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 12: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 12

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________DATA and OBSERVATIONS

Mass of dry graduated cylinder ______________

Sample Calculations

12

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 13: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 13

Questions1 Do you need to test the solubility of all the liquids in each other__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 How would you go about planning for seven layers of liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you use 3 mL liquid would it affect the layers of the liquid__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What happens if you shake the layered liquids vigorously Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

13

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 14: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 14

5 What are the possible sources of errors__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

14

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 15: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 15

Experiment 4 INK CANDY CHROMATOGRAPHYFor Candy ChromatographyPlease bring 2 packs of 2 brands of candies per group of 4

For Ink ChromatographyPlease bring 6 different types of ink pens (at least three different colors) per group of 4

INTRODUCTIONChromatography is a well known and simple method of

separating the different components of a mixture or solution The reason why the colors in the candy coating separate has to do with the chemicals that make up the color the solvent and the paper It is based on the differences in the attraction of the components of a mixture to the solvent used to separate these components The attraction to the solvent (called eluent) may be based on one or more of several chemical properties

For our experiment the most important property involved is polarity (there are other properties involved such as size and shape) The components of the colors in candy coatings are made up of pigments These pigments have varying properties and as such will interact with or are attracted to the solvent in different ways The chemicals that make up the color are called pigments

Some of these pigments may attach better to the solvent than others so they are carried by the solvent throughout the distance that the solvent travels whereas others do not attach as well and as such are carried by the solvent to a lesser extent The size weight and shape of the pigment also have something to do with how it moves along the filter paper and where it finally attaches These factors usually cause enough separation that you can tell which colors were combined to make the original mixture

Using paper chromatography we will try to determine the colored components of various color-coated candies or inks This results in enough separation of the different component pigments that you can tell which colors make up the original mixture

OBJECTIVETo separate and identify the dyes from coated candies or inks

using paper chromatography15

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 16: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 16

MATERIALSlarge beakerrectangular piece of filter paper

For Candy Chromatographytoothpicks1M NaCl solutioncolor-coated candies ( MampMrsquos Skittles Nips Smarties etc)

Note You will need two different brands three different colors per brand You may share packs of candy with your classmates

For Ink ChromatographyEthanol solutionpens

PROCEDURE

A For Candy Chromatography Do I-IIIB For Ink Chromatography Do II-IV

I Extraction of color from candies1 Label each of the cups with the brand and the color of the candy2 Place 2-3 pieces of candy of one color into a properly labeled cup3 Put as few drops of water as possible in each cup to dissolve the color coating4 Stir carefully with the toothpick to extract as much color as possible

without disturbing the white coating or the center of the candy5 Remove the sample as soon as the white coating appears

II Application of samples onto filter papers1 Take a small piece of rectangular filter paper Make sure that the

shorter side is at least 100 cm shorter that the height of your beaker Draw two horizontal lines 150 cm from the longer edges of the paper Measure the distance between the two lines This will be the distance traveled by the solvent front

Note Label your filter paper with a pencil

2 Spotting (Refer to Fig 1)a For Candy Chromatography

Place a spot using a toothpick of each colored solution onto a designated spot on the filter paper Repeat this 3-5 times to the same spot to concentrate the dye on each spot Allow drying time between each application

b For Ink Chromatography 16

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 17: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 17

Make tiny dots of each ink pen on the filter paper

Figure 1 Spotting of inkdye on the filter paper 3 Transfer a small amount of the 1 M sodium chloride or ethanol

solution into a beaker Keep the level of the solution below 15 cm4 Roll the filter paper into a cylinder making sure that it fits inside the

beaker Staple the ends together to stabilize the cylinder (Fig 2)

Figure 2 Rolling of filter paper for chromatography

5 Slowly and carefully place the paper cylinder into the beaker making sure that the bottom touches the salt or ethanol solution uniformly Watch as the solvent front (the first line of the solvent) moves up the paper pulling along the components of the dye

6 When the solvent front reaches the top line remove the wet filter paper from the beaker Air-dry the filter paper and paste it on your worksheet Note down your observations

III Calculations1 Mark out all the spots on the filter paper (chromatogram)2 Measure the perpendicular distance from the lower line to each of the spots on the chromatogram

17

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 18: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 18

3 Solve for the Retention Factor (Rf) of each spot by dividing the

distance traveled by the spot over the distance traveled by the solvent front Each spot must have its own Rf

IV ArtworkKnowing how the different inks separate into other colored components try to imagine a paper chromatography artwork Sketch the image on a clean filter paper using the different pens and elute it with the solvent (II 3-6)

REFERENCEldquoColorful Candy from Science Discoveryrdquo in httpcollectionsicgccascienceenglish chemprojectschromathtml Date accessed 17 July 2003)ldquoPaper Chromatographyrdquo in httpwwwipsepsueduactivitiespaperink_chromato graphypdf Date accessed 7 November 2007

Name ____________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ___________________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data and Results

18

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 19: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 19

Staple your chromatograms here

19

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 20: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 20

QUESTIONS1 What are dyes made of__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 For each brand and color of candy ink which color traveled the farthest__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

20

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 21: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 21

3 Which candyink color had only one pigment Which candy colorink had many pigmentsdyes What does this tell you about the composition of the dyepigments used__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Given the properties of your solvent and the filter paper are the extracted pigmentsrelatively polar or nonpolar Explain (Note down beside your chromatogram theorder of increasing polarity of each separated pigment)__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 What complications may have arisen if you had used a ball pen instead of a pencil inlabeling the filter paper Explain__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

21

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 22: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 22

Experiment 5 FLAME TESTSINTRODUCTION

Although visually imperceptible atoms and molecules are in constant motion When heated the atoms and molecules move much faster due to the energy given by the heat source Water for example when heated sufficiently turns into gas as steam

Applying more heat to a material could sometimes cause the electrons of the atoms comprising that material to receive more energy causing it to be promoted to a higher energy level The Quantum Theory of the Electronic Structure of Atoms tells us that certain elements will absorb only specific quanta of energy and this absorption is dependent on the atomic structure of that element When a certain element absorbs a certain quantum of energy it goes into an excited or higher-energy state Upon its return to its ground state the

22

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 23: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 23

energy absorbed is emitted in the form of electromagnetic radiation and this emission may correspond to a specific color of visible light This promotion of the electron and its subsequent losing of energy to return to its original energy level gives off energy in the form of light in the visible wavelength This phenomenon is more prevalent for the metals since they have relatively low ionization energies making their electrons easier to move around Since no two electrons are the same each atom gives off a characteristic color when put into the flame

The characteristic color that each metal produces is the basis for the qualitative determination of the presence of these elements in an unknown sample

In this experiment you would perform the flame test to 5 different metal salt solutions and determine the characteristic color of the flame that they produce Also an unknown substance similar to one of the materials that you tested will be given to you and you would have to determine which among the five it is

MATERIALSbunsen burnertest tubesnichrome wireconcentrated hydrochloric acidsodium solutionstrontium solutionbarium solutioncalcium solutionpotassium solutioncopper solutionlithium solution

CautionConcentrated HCl is very corrosive Avoid contact with the skin and inhalation of itsfumes Use the hood

PROCEDURESTake 2 mL of each solution and place them in clean test tubes It

doesnrsquot have to be exactly 2 mL

Sodium is present in large quantities everywhere It is important to ensure that no sodium particles are present during your experiment otherwise it would greatly hinder your observation of the flame colors of the other metal salts

23

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 24: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 24

The flame test for sodium will give a characteristic yellow color Most likely putting the nichrome wire directly on the flame will produce this flame color To clean your nichrome wire dip it in a test tube with 2 mL of concentrated HCl and then put the wire on the flame again Dip the wire and put it on the flame repeatedly until the yellow sodium flame disappears

When the wire is thoroughly cleaned dip it into one of your metal solutions Place the wire near the top of the flame and note down the color of the flame Clean the nichrome wire again using the concentrated HCl solution Do this for the other metal solutions

When yoursquore done with the solutions bring a clean test tube to the stock room to get your unknown Again the unknown will contain one of the five metals that you tested earlier

Perform the flame test on your unknown solution to determine which metal is in the solution given to you Write your observations on the Data part of your lab report

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

24

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 25: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University

25 Observations

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Data amp Results

Identity of the Unknown _______________

Questions1 What were the difficulties you encountered in this experiment What metal flame

25

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 26: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 26

color was most difficult to observe Why Can you suggest a solution or an alternative method__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why do you have to subject the sample to a flame Which part of the Bunsen flame is hottest Why was it necessary to hold the loop in this part of the flame__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What do you think will happen if you perform the flame test on a solution with more than one metal component__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Aside from the qualitative analysis of metals state at least one other application of the flame tests__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

26

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 27: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 27

5 Will each and every metal emit a different flame test color (visible light) Why__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

27

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 28: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 28

Experiment 6 Ca AND K CONTENT OF COMMON SUBSTANCESOBJECTIVES

To test the presence of Ca and K in common substances using the flame test

MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENTS20 KOH solution centrifugeStandard solution of Ca2+ Bunsen burnerPapaya (40 g in 20 mL H2O) nichrome wireSquash pumpkin concentrated HClEgg chalkMalunggay test tubeKangkong

PROCEDURE

Flame test on standard solutions1 Dip the cleaned nichrome wire into a standard solution Make sure a small amount of

the solution is in the loop of the nichrome wire2 Place the loop into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on vegetables1 Take a small pice of the dried vegetable using a pair of tongs2 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on pureed papaya1 Fill the test tube frac34 full with pureed papaya2 Centrifuge the mixture for about 2 minutes3 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the puree4 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

Flame test on other materials (chalk egg white egg shell egg yolk)1 Place about 05 grams or frac14 teaspoon of material into your test tube2 Add about 5 mL of concentrated HCl (Be very careful while pouring HCl it may

produce bubbles vigorously)3 Separate the clear liquid from the solid particles or froth by placing it into a new test

tube4 Dip the clean nichrome wire into the clear liquid that was separated from the mixture5 Place the piece into the hottest part of the flame Observe the colors present

28

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 29: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 29

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________

DATA AND OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations

QUESTIONS1 Which of the samples contain K Which samples contain Ca

_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why is potassium important for the body

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

29

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 30: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 30

Experiment 7 Preparation of a HAND CREAMINTRODUCTION

Previously most experiments have been investigations on reactions interactions which involve the making or breaking of bonds However there are other types of interactions which do not involve chemical transformations (bond breaking or formations) These are nonbonded interactions Compared to bonded interactions (covalent ionic metallic) nonbonded interactions form weaker attractions between molecules However a great amount of weak forces can combine to produce strong and stable interactions

A lot of the products that we use and the processes we employ rely on the nature of nonbonded interactions For example we generally use organic solvents to dissolve organic or nonpolar compounds Most of the products we use such as lotions paints etc are in the form of stable preparations which depend on the ingredientsrsquo nonbonded interactions

HAND CREAMHand creams are usually prepared as oil-in-water emulsions An

emulsion is a suspension of one liquid in a second immiscible liquid (ex oil droplets in water) A stable emulsion is achieved in the presence of emulsifiers Emulsifiers have hydrophobic tails and hydrophilic heads which surround suspended droplets

There are two types of emulsions oil-in-water and water-in-oil If the surface tension at the interface between oil and emulsifier is greater than that between water and emulsifier oil droplets will be formed inside a coating of emulsifiers (Oil-in-water) This is because a greater surface tension tends to require a smaller surface area Consequently if it is otherwise water in oil emulsion will be formed

To stabilize emulsions it is necessary to agitate the mixture to break up dispersed liquid into fine droplets The purity of water is also important since the presence of dissolved salts can break up an emulsion

When the hand cream is applied to skin the water evaporates leaving behind the oils and emulsifiers as a protective layer

MATERIALSHand Cream Mineral oilTriethanolamine 2 beakersContainer ndash to be brought by student Distilled water

30

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 31: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 31

Preservative Stearic acidLanolinPROCEDURE

1 Before proceeding with the experiment make sure your glassware materials and area is clean

2 Weigh the following into a 50-mL beaker 08 g stearic acid 03 g lanolin 14 g mineral oil

3 Weigh the following into another beaker 02 g triethanolamine 5 g distilled water4 Heat the ingredients in the first beaker until everything is just dissolved Immediately

remove from heat Then heat the aqueous mixture up to 90degC Remove from heat

5 Check the first beaker if some of the compounds has solidified Heat the beaker again if necessary until the compounds dissolve Remove from heat Important Do not boil

6 While stirring the contents of the first beaker pour the aqueous solution into the oil mixture7 Stir the mixture until room temperature It is important to break the

dispersed liquid into finer droplets so keep on stirring8 You can now add your favorite cologne Five to eight drops or a

couple or more sprays of your cologneperfume will do9 Store the cream in a container and characterize

Reference Most Clark F Jr ldquoNonbonded Interactionsrdquo Experimental Organic Chemistry (Wiley USA 1988) pp 310-316

31

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 32: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 32

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker _______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

QUESTIONS1 Is it possible to mix oil and water Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Is the hand cream formulation an emulsion Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If the hand cream formulation is an emulsion which ingredients might possibly be the

32

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 33: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 33

emulsifiers Explain in terms of chemical structure______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Give three other examples of common emulsions______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Experiment 8 CHEMICAL MASTERMIND I (amp II)INTRODUCTION

You may be familiar with the game of mastermind in which you have to guess a color sequence of pegs within a certain number of steps In this experiment you will play the game of chemical mastermind

Here are the rules of the game1 Six (or five) solutions are labeled A B C D E F (A-E) Each solution may contain any of the following substances but you do not know which solution contains which

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCl2 mercuric chloride Pb(CH3COO)2 lead acetate Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate KI potassium iodide Na2CO3 sodium carbonate Ca(NO3)2 calcium nitrate

For Chemical Mastermind II KCl potassium chloride Ba(NO3)2 barium nitrate

AgNO3 silver nitrateCuCl2 copper (II) chlorideCuSO4 copper (II) sulfate

2 Each solution contains ions For example mercuric chloride contains the mercuric ion and the chloride ion The particular solutions have been chosen such that when any two solutions are mixed the

33

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 34: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 34

different ions react to form a new compound The chemical reaction is indicated by changes such as a change in color or the appearance of a solid or both

3 The new products may be any of the following

For Chemical Mastermind I HgCO3 mercuric carbonate rust-colored solid HgI2 mercuric iodide orange solid PbCO3 lead carbonate white solid PbCl2 lead chloride white solid PbI2 lead iodide pale yellow solid BaCO3 barium carbonate white solid CaCO3 calcium carbonate white solid

For Chemical Mastermind IIAgCl silver chloride white solid

Ag2SO4 silver sulfate white solidBaSO4 barium sulfate white solidCu2+ salts blue solution

4 The object of the game is to identify the different substances ABCDEF (A-E) by mixing the solutions together in different combinations and observing the products that form

OBJECTIVES1 To observe the changes that occur when certain ions react with one another2 To learn how to use such changes to identify ions

MATERIALSwax paper

For Chemical Mastermind Imercuric chloride solutionlead acetate solutionbarium nitrate solutionpotassium nitrate solutionsodium carbonate solutioncalcium nitrate solution

For Chemical Mastermind IIpotassium chloride solutionbarium nitrate solutionsilver nitrate solutioncopper (II) chloride solutioncopper (II) sulfate solution

34

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 35: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 35

PROCEDURE1 Take a piece of paper the same size as the wax paper Draw a 6 x 6

(or 5 x 5) grid and label See Data and Results for the pattern

2 Place the wax paper over the grid you just constructed

3 Place 1 drop of each of the 6 (or 5) unknowns in the different squares of the grid as follows

a Put 1 drop of solution A in each square of row A (horizontal) b Then add 1 drop of solution B in each square of row B (horizontal) c Repeat until all the horizontal rows have been ldquofilledrdquo with solutions d Do the same thing for each vertical column

For Chemical Mastemind I

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

35

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 36: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 36

RESULTS

For Chemical Mastemind II

Name ____________________________ Section __________________Locker __________________________ Date ____________________

On the table below write the number of each solution on the appropriate box and list down your observations for each reaction in the corresponding cell

CODE

A B C D E

A

B

36

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 37: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 37

C

D

E

RESULTS

Solution Code

Identity (Name and Formula)

A

B

C

D

E

For Chemical Mastemind III

QUESTIONS1 Explain how you were able to determine the identity of your solutions Were you able to identify all the unknowns______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What were the difficulties you encountered in conducting the experiment________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

37

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 38: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 38

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 In certain cases you do not see the expected solid in the product Why do you thinkso______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

For Chemical Mastermind II only4 If one of your unknowns was AgNO3 instead of Ba(NO3)2 and you were given the following descriptions Ag2CO3 and AgCl - dirty white AgI2 - white solid) how different will your results be______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 9 BLUE PRINTING

Bring your cardboard cutouts

INTRODUCTIONPhotochemistry deals with reactions which are caused to proceed

more rapidly by exposure to light A photochemical reaction begins with absorption of a quantum of radiant energy (or a photon) by the atom ion or molecule The photon supplies the necessary energy to drive the reaction

In this experiment you will see one practical application of a redox reaction that is catalyzed by light You will study the

38

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 39: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 39

photochemical reaction involved in the preparation of blue printing The process begins with the reaction of ferric ions and oxalate ions (as shown below) This reaction is caused to proceed more rapidly by exposure to light

The Fe2+ ions produced then reacts with Fe(CN)63- forming the prussian blue precipitate

PROCEDURE

1 Make a cut-out design from an opaque cardboard material The maximum size should be 20cm x 15cm Note This should be done before the lab Be creative

2 Mix the three solutions of FeCl3 H2C2O4 and K3[Fe(CN)6] working in an area where there is reduced light

3 Immerse a piece of filter paper into the solution wetting all parts thoroughly

4 Dampen the cut-out design with tap water

5 Put the design over the filter paper and expose to strong sunlight or UV lamp (Be cautious with regards to UV exposure)

6 When the exposed area turns blue remove the design and immediately wash the filter paper with plenty of running water

7 Dry and submit with the laboratory report

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

39

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 40: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 40

Observations__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ResultsAttach your product here

Questions

40

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 41: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 41

1 Which of the two reactions given above is an oxidation-reduction reaction What is theoxidizing agent the reducing agent Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Explain why the ldquocoveredrdquo areas did not turn to blue______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Can reaction (2) occur even in the absence of light Explain______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What will happen to your blueprint if it is not thoroughly washed in step 6______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

41

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 42: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 42

Experiment 10 pH OF COMMON SUBSTANCESAND COMPOUNDS

Bring 5 transparent common substances (liquid form) found at home ex Feminine wash sprite vinegar solution of sugar etc

INTRODUCTIONMany advertisements today use the term ldquopHrdquo usually

accompanied by the suggestion that the pH of the advertised product is ldquocontrolledrdquo and therefore the product is mild and safe to use

What does the term ldquopHrdquo mean The term ldquopHrdquo is a measure used to indicate just how acidic a substance or a mixture is It is defined mathematically as the negative logarithm of the hydrogen (hydronium) ion concentration The basis for the pH scale is the ionization of water

Water ionizes according to the equation

The case pf pure water the concentration of the hydronium ion (and the hydroxide ion) is 00000001 M (molar or moles per liter) or 1 x 10-7 M To simplify and avoid writing down very small numbers or exponents we can use the definition of the term ldquopHrdquo to obtain the value of 7 for both the pH and pOH of pure water

The relationship between pH and hydrogen ion concentration and pOH and hydroxide ion concentration is shown in the table below

42

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 43: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 43

MATERIALSTest tubehydrochloric acid solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

sodium chloride solution 001 M

sodium hydroxide solutions 1 x 10-1

1 x 10-2

1 x 10-3

1 x 10-4

1 x 10-5

1 x 10-6

wide range indicatortest solutions (to be announced by the Instructor)

PROCEDURE

Part 11 Number the test tubes from 1 to 13 Add 5 mL of each solution to

each test tube as follows to test tube 1 add the most concentrated acid to test tube 2 the second most concentrated acid etc To test tube 7 add the 001 M NaCl solution To test tube 8 add the least concentrated base to test tube 9 the next least concentrated base etc

2 To each test tube add a few drops of indicator solution and observe the resulting color Save the test tubes for comparison with the colors in Part II

Part IIUsing the method described in Part I determine the pH of the various substances andmixtures suggested by your Instructor

43

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 44: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 44

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTSTable 1 pH of Standard Solutions

44

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 45: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 45

Table 2 pH of Common Substances and Mixtures

45

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 46: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 46

QUESTIONS1 What is an indicator What is it made of______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What causes the change in color of indicators______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 If you are given a colored substance as a sample how would you measure the pH of that sample______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 11 TITRATION OF46

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 47: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 47

COMMERCIAL VINEGAR

PRELAB ASSIGNMENTResearch on the chemistry of fermentation Show how acetic

acid is formed by this process

Bring 25 mL vinegar samples per group

INTRODUCTIONVinegar is prepared by fermenting sweet fruit juices (eg

pineapple grape apple sugar cane) and sap from coconut and nipa The active component in vinegar is acetic acid CH3COOH or HAc (where Ac = CH3COO-)

Government standards specify a minimum acetic acid concentration of 45 by weight or 075 M To determine the acetic acid content of vinegar it is titrated with a base of known concentration such as NaOH sodium hydroxide The acid-base reaction is expressed as follows

The equation shows that acetic acid and sodium hydroxide react in equimolar (1 mole acid is to 1 mole base) If we use sodium hydroxide of known concentration we can determine the concentration of acetic acid because we can readily determine the number of moles of sodium hydroxide needed to neutralize the acid in a given amount of vinegar sample

MATERIALSsample of commercial vinegar05 M NaOH solutionphenolphthalein indicator50-mL Erlenmeyer flask10-mL graduated cylinderdropper bottle

PROCEDURE

Part I Calibration of dropper Bottle1 Fill a dropper bottle with water2 Fill a 10-mL graduated cylinder with water up to the 9-mL mark3 Bring water up to the 10-mL mark by careful addition of water from

the dropper bottle Record the number of drops used4 Perform 3 trials and determine the number of drops equivalent to 1 mL

47

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 48: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 48

Part II Titration of Vinegar1 Weigh a 50-mL Erlenmeyer flask2 Measure out 3 mL of commercial vinegar sample into the pre-weighed flask3 Weigh the flask and vinegar Record the weight Then add 1 drop of phenolphthalein4 Triple wash the calibrate dropper bottler with a small amount of 05 M NaOH Fill the dropper bottle with the same base solution5 Titrate the vinegar sample with the base Note the number of drops

(volume) of base used6 Perform 3 trials Use the results of the three trials to obtain the average concentration of acetic acid in the vinegar sample

CALCULATIONS1 Calculate the concentration (molarity) of acetic acid in your vinegar sample

(Macid)(Vacid) = (Mbase)(Vbase)

2 Calculate the percentage of acetic acid in 3 mL vinegar sample

HAc = (M base )(V base ) x MW of acetic acid x 100 Weight vinegar sample

48

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 49: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 49

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Sample Calculations

49

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 50: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 50

QUESTIONS1 Why did you need to calibrate your dropper bottle______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What do you observe when you do not swirl the solution after adding several drops of NaOH______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 From your results does the vinegar conform to government standards Compare your results with others who analyzed the same sample What conclusions can you make out of this______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 What are the possible sources of error in this experiment______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Would the reported molarity of the vinegar sample be affected by an error in weighing How about the HAc

50

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 51: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 51

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

6 Compare different brands of vinegar used in class Which has the highest concentration of acetic acid the lowest______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

51

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 52: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 52

Experiment 12 Make your own ICE CREAMNote This lab activity is to be done in groups of 4 (those sharing a sink)

BRING THE FOLLOWING MATERIALS TO CLASSa One empty cylindrical 1-gallon ice cream container with cover preferably made of plasticb One (1) SMALL cylindrical metal container with cover that will fit inside the large container (ex 1-pint can or the cup sized can not half-gallon can) Make sure that the cover fits well and that the material of the container does not easily

break The material should preferably be metallic or anything not too thick to allow for easier cooling

c ZIP-LOCKS ndash wersquoll try using this too SO bring ziplocks of two sizesd packing tape duct tape (This will be used to seal both the large and

small containers so make sure you have enough)e at least 1 kg of rock saltf rags and tissue (to wipe wet surfaces)g spoons cups and other utensils which you may need (for taste testing the ice cream)h all of the necessary equipment you will need to prepare your ice cream mixture (eg measuring cups measuring spoons beaters mixing bowls etc)i ingredientsj extra icek extra stuff for garnishdecorating etc

RECIPE- 15 cups all-purpose cream- 15 cups evaporated milk- frac34 cup confectionerrsquos sugar- To enhance the flavors you can do the following revisions

VANILLA ndash add vanilla extract CHOCOLATE MELON STRAWBERRY ndash use flavored milk or add

chocolate strawberry syrup to the mix52

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 53: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 53

COOKIES amp CREAM ndash add vanilla extract and ground Oreo cookies ROCKY ROAD ndash use chocolate milk or add chocolate syrup add

marshmallows

NOTE You are not limited to this recipe There are a lot of other ice creamrecipes available on the Net Avoid recipes that use raw eggBE CREATIVE AND ADVENTUROUS WITH YOUR FLAVORS

PREPARATIONa Prepare your ice cream mixture Please limit the amount you are going to prepare to the capacity of your small container

b Mix everything well then pour into the small container

c Cover the small container then secure the lid using packing tape duct tape Make sure that container is well sealed so that none of the salt and ice water will leach into your ice cream mixture (No one wants salty ice cream)

d Place the sealed small container into the larger container Pack with alternate layers of ice and rock salt Do not scrimp on the salt The more you add the faster you will finish churning

e Cover the larger container then secure with tape as you did with the small container

f Spend 30-40 minutes (or more if necessary) rolling the can to ensure even crystallization of the ice cream mixture You can check occasionally if the ice has melted inside the large container Top up with more ice and salt if necessary

g Show your product to the instructor Taste your ice cream

53

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 54: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 54

Name ___________________________ Section ____________________Locker _________________________ Date ______________________

Product Name_____________________________________

Recipe

54

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 55: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 55

Experiment 13 COPPER INTO GOLDThe Alchemistrsquos dream

INTRODUCTION

Alchemy is usually defined as the art of transmuting base metals into gold The earliest alchemists were indefatigable laboratory workers who tried to carry out processespredicted by their theory and to speed the action of nature by which over a long interval of time gold was perfected deep in the earth By the application of various types of heat and by the use of various reagents they hoped to produce gold as good as that furnished by nature and in much less time

A mixture of zinc dust and sodium hydroxide is heated in an evaporating dish Theyreact to form sodium zincate

[Zn(OH) (H2O)]-Na+

A copper loop is then placed under the surface of the sodium zincate solution and heated This results in the plating of zinc onto the copper loop The loop is then heated and it turns to ldquogoldrdquo as a result of the formation of the brass alloy

MATERIALSZinc dust Evaporating dish6 M NaOH solution Tripod

55

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 56: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 56

1 m H2SO4 solution Bunsen burnerCopper wire coil Tissue paperCrucible tongs Wire gauze

PROCEDURE1 Measure out approximately 5 grams of zinc dust in an evaporating

dish and add enough NaOH solution to cover the zinc and fill the dish one-third

2 Place the dish on a wire gauze and heat until the solution is nearly boiling3 Clean a copper coil thoroughly with fine sand paper4 Using crucibles place the cleaned coil in the mixture in the dish

Leave the loop until the silver-colored coating is complete5 Remove the loop rinse it with water and dry with tissue but DO NOT

RUB Remove all particles of zinc6 Using the tongs heat the loop on the hot wire gauze The gold color

appears immediately When it does remove the loop rinse and dry7 SPECIAL DISPOSAL PROCEDURE do not discard the waste zinc in the trash

container When it dries it forms a powder that may spontaneously ignite Rinse the

NaOH-Zinc mixture several times with water Then add the solid to a beaker that contains 200 mL of 1 M sulfuric acid When all the solids dissolve flush the solution down the drain with plenty of water

Name ______________________________ Section __________________Locker ___________________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

D A T A amp RESULTSAttach your loop here Be creative in shaping the loop

56

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 57: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 57

QUESTIONS1 Define plating______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 What is an alloy________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

57

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 58: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 58

______________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 Why did the loop turn silver in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

4 Why did the silver-colored loop turn gold in color______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

5 Why do we need to heat the silver-colored loop to turn it gold______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 14 TIE DYE

Pre-caution

Choose a cotton garment or sheet to dye If you mix very fine powder dyes with water protect your lungs with surgical mask or filter over your mouth and nose To protect your eyes from dust use protective goggles

Materials

100 cotton T-shirt apron or fabric (to be brought by students)Rubber gloves (to be brought by students)Biggest Selecta ice cream container for soaking garments (to be brought by students)

58

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 59: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 59

A 12-inch or longer dowel 3-6 packs of dye ( to be brought by the student)Rubber bandsScissorsSoda Ash Paper towels cardboard or newspaperNonchlorine nonbleach laundry detergent

ProcedureTip Lay cardboard plastic or newspaper on the floor or table where yoursquoll be working to protect all surfaces from dyes that may splash Wear old clothes when you tie-dye in case you accidentally spill some dye on yourself

1 Pre-treat your garment to get the best and quickest bond with the dye Put on rubber gloves and mix a few teaspoons of Na2CO3 into warm water (150mL) Submerge your fabric in this mixture and let it soak for 15 minutes

2 After soaking remove the fabric form the solution and wring it out 3 Mix 3 packs of dye in 12 L H2O boil the soil

For spiral designTip Material can be protected from the dye by tightly scrunching twisting andor sewing up certain parts

1 Lay the damp pre-treated fabric (apron or T-shirt) flat on your working surface face up and smooth out all the wrinkles

2 Take a dowel and place the tip of it on the fabric where you want the center of the spiral

3 While keeping the firm pressure on the dowelrsquos tip turn it counterclockwise to gather up the material around the dowel

4 The material will begin to bunch up around the dowel in pleats Keep the pleats form climbing up the dowel by flattening them with your hand As you flatten the pleats keep them from becoming too fat by creating new pleats within the pleats thus creating a kind of whirlpool effect in the fabric

5 Continue to twist the dowel and flatten the material while refining the pleats until you have what looks like a cinnamon roll

6 Take three rubber ands and secure the cinnamon roll-like fabric with them Place the rubber bands so that they evenly divide the rolled-up fabric like a freshly cut pie

7 The six lsquoslicesrsquo that the three rubbers create make natural guidelines for dying the fabric

8 Soak the fabric into a tub of boiling water with dye 9 Boil the fabric for 10 minutes 10 Add 2 teaspoons of NaCl and boil for another 20 minutes11 Let the fabric soak in the dye solution for 90 minutes 12 Removed the bundled fabric form the solution and wash with cold running water

to remove the excess dye

59

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 60: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 60

13 Rinse the fabric and hang to dry Enjoy

ReferenceldquoTie Dye and Other Hippie Artrdquo in httpwwwartsandmusicpacompopculturetie dyehtm Date accessed 30 March 2006

Experiment 15 Preparation of an ANTICHAP LIPSTICK

Introduction

For the preparation of the lipstick you will mix a variety of hydrophobic compounds mostly waxes and oils When heated these compounds blend and are held together through similar attractive forces Like bonded interactions non-bonded interactions generally follow the rule of thumb lsquoLike dissolves likersquo

Materials

Wide watch glass

60

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 61: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 61

Container (empty lipstick tube) - to be brought by the studentBeaker Stirring rod

Chemicals

Carnauba Wax BeeswaxAnhydrous Lanolin Acetyl alcohol Castor oil Old lipstick (to give color to lip balm) - optionalMenthol - optionalPreservative ndash optional

Procedure Tip Before proceeding with the experiment make sure that your glassware materials and working area are clean

1 Weigh the following into a watch glass 02 g carnauba wax 08g beeswax 03g lanolin 03 g acetyl alcohol 31 g castor oil

2 Heat the ingredients over a steam bath until everything has dissolved 3 Add about two spatula points of menthol 4 Color can be added to the lipstick by mixing a small amount of the old into the

mixture 5 Stir until mixture is homogenous 6 Using tongs pour the mixture into a clean empty lipstick tube and let it cool7 When a lsquotunnelrsquo formed in the center as the mixture cools fill this with more of

the melted mixture 8 You can pass the tip over an open flame to get that glossy look most lipstick have

(This process is called flaming)

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS61

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 62: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 62

QUESTIONS1 Enumerate all the nonbonded interactions you have encountered Explain each briefly ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Why would the presence of ions in the mixture disrupt the stability of emulsion

62

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 63: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 63

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 A lipstick is just an artificial lipid layer What is the use of this artificial lipid layer to your lips______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 16 HIDDEN SUGAR

Introduction

Carbohydrates are substances which contain carbon hydrogen oxygen and occasionally nitrogen Together with fats and proteins carbohydrates make up one of the three most important classes of compounds in living systems Carbohydrates are the most abundant constituents of many foods The Filipino diet consists of approximately 70-80 carbohydrates

63

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 64: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 64

The simplest carbohydrates are known as monosaccharides Examples include

glucose and fructose When two simple sugars are joined the resulting product is a disaccharide Examples of disaccharides include sucrose maltose and lactose A large number of monosaccharide joined together is called a polysaccharide Starch and cellulose are examples of polysaccharides

Material

Bring five food and or beverage samples that are labeled lsquosugar freersquo

Procedure

1 Dissolve a pinch of the sample in 3 mL distilled water in a test tube Make sure the resulting mixture is colorless Dilute colored solutions to almost colorless if necessary

2 Pour 3 mL of Benedictrsquos solution 3 Heat test tube for 2 minutes The product of a green yellow or red precipitate

indicates a positive reaction for reducing sugar

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

Sample Observations Positivenegative

64

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 65: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 65

QUESTIONS1 Which of the ldquosugar-freerdquo food samples contained sugars______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

2 Look at the ingredients list of the food samples Which substances serve as the sugar substitute

______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Experiment 17 Crystal Making

Introduction Snowflake (Fig 1) diamond and salt are some of the crystals found in nature

According to Webster a crystal is a body that is formed by the solidification of a chemical element a compound or a mixture and has a regular repeating internal arrangement of its atoms and often external plane faces

In nature crystals are formed from molten rocks Well-formed crystals can be spectacular in form and color an example is the diamond which is known as the hardest

65

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 66: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 66

naturally occurring stone valued for its hardness and rarity But other than jewelry crystals can be found in various applications Quartz (SiO2) crystals are used as frequency generators in electronic applications calcite (CaCO3) crystals are used as polarizer for light waves in microscopes and silicon (Si) crystals as starting material for computer chips

Figure 1 A real snowflake (Image taken from ref 1)

Believe it or not crystals can also be grown in the laboratory Crystallization is the process of forming solid crystals from a melt The substance to be crystallized is dissolved and allowed to slowly form into solid crystals as the solvent gradually cools and evaporates From the dissolved form the substance is transformed into a crystal form which grows as more of the solvent evaporates The decrease in temperature also helps in forming the crystal since the solubility (or the susceptibility of the substance to be dissolved in the solvent) lowers with decreasing temperature Thus a spoon of sugar is more easily dissolved in a cup of hot water than in cold water of the same amount Enough time should be given for the atomsmolecules to selectively build up and form the basic pattern that gives the crystal its shape

In this experiment we will make crystals of alum

Materials

Clean glass jar (small) Fishing line (string) - to be brought by the studentPopsicle stick ndash to be brought by the studentBeaker for boiling water and making solution Stirring rod

Chemicals

Alum [KAl(SO4)212 H2O]Distilled WaterProcedure

FYI Alum is non-toxic Alum solutions can cause eye irritation Wear goggles or safety glasses when working with the solution

Making the seed (or ldquobabyrdquo) crystal1 Weigh out approximately 5 g of Alum 2 Place the alum into a clean 250-mL beaker3 Add 12 mL of water and heat the mixture to approximately 600C

66

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 67: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 67

4 Stir until all the alum has dissolved

Tip If the mixture remains cloudy let it stand for a few minutes to allow the suspended matter to settle Carefully decant the clear solution into another clean vial If necessary heat the mixture briefly to complete solution of the alum crystal

Figure 2 Set-up for suspending a thread into the solution (Image taken from ref 3)

5 Tie a piece of thread to the cap of a vial Adjust the length of the thread so that not more than frac12 inch (13 cm) is submerged (Fig 2)

6 Smear mineral oil on the part of the thread above the solution to prevent the solution from creeping up the thread If fishing line is used no need to smear mineral oil

7 Transfer the warm alum solution into the vial8 Place the cap on the top of the vial cover and store in a safe place 9 Crystals should form on the submerged thread at the bottom of the vial or in both

places within a few days or by the end of one week

Picking the crystals 1 Remove the thread form the solution Remove all the crystals except the best

formed one from the string 2 If a suitable crystal has not formed on the string decant the solution form the

crystals at the bottom of the beaker into a lean container Inspect the crystal and select one that has a regular octahedral shape and smooth faces

3 Pick out the best crystal and loop a fine thread around the selected crystal and tie it with a knot Save several of the remaining crystals as reserve in case anything happens to your choice seed crystal

Tip Wrap the reserve crystals in a plastic wrap or place in a small plastic bag to keep them from drying

After one week or sohelliphellip

Figure 3 Formation of a crystal at the thread end (Image taken from ref 3)

67

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 68: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 68

Growing the crystal1 Dissolve 5 g of alum in 12 mL of water heating to about 600C If all the alum

does not dissolve you may have to add a minimum amount of water

Tip Add 2 mL of water and warm the solution back to about 600C Add water in 1 mL increments warming the solution between additions until all the alum dissolves Dilute solutions will not give crystals

2 Allow this solution to cool to room temperature 3 Suspend your choice seed crystal in the cool solution cover the vial with cap

Tip If your solution is not saturated at the time you add your seed crystal the crystal will begin to dissolve and maybe lost To prevent such an undesirable occurrence observe the solution in the vicinity of the seed crystal after its placement into the solution Should the solution be unsaturated causing the crystal to begin to dissolve the part of the solution in contact with the crystal will become more concentrated and denser more remote from the crystal The denser solution will flow toward the bottom of the beaker Should you see such a density current remove the seed crystal cool the solution further dissolve more alum or let the solution sit undisturbed for about a day to allow for some evaporation of the water

4 Inspect the alum crystal and solution on a regular basis If the crystal has stopped growing and other crystals have formed on the bottom of the solution remove the crystal and warm the solution to dissolve the additional crystals If necessary add small amounts of water (about 1 mL) and warm until all the crystals dissolve Cool the solution and add the large crystal

DisposalThe materials used in this experiment are non-toxic and can be safely disposed of in the trash or liquids can be poured down the drain

Reference1 ldquoMerry Christmasrdquo in

httpwwwmarginalrevolutioncomphotosuncategorizedsnowflake1_1jpg Date accessed 7 November 2007

2 Bartholomew Dwight U ldquoHow to grow your own crystalsrdquo in httpwwwgeocitiescomrainforestcanopy2525crystals Last updated16 Feb 2001 Date accessed 7 Nov 2007

3 wwwchymistcomalum20crytalspdf Date accessed 2 April 2007

68

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 69: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 69

Name _________________________ Section __________________Locker ______________________ Date ____________________OBSERVATIONS

(Record your observations in preparing and operating your alum crystal(s) Include the description of the stages of the crystal growth)________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

69

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 70: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 70

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

DATA amp RESULTS

Record all the necessary data obtained for this experiment

Mass of final alum crystal(s) _______________gDraw a diagram of your crystal (or one of the smaller crystals if you do not have a large one)

70

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 71: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 71

QUESTIONS1 What is a saturated solution What is a supersaturated solution Explain the

formation of crystals in light of these two kinds of solutions ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

71

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72

Page 72: Lab Experiment: Tie Dye - WordPress.com · Web viewAside from the qualitative analysis of metals, state at least one other application of the flame tests. ... potassium chloride solution

CH 2 General Chemistry LaboratoryDepartment of Chemistry Ateneo de Manila University 72

2 What are the two types of nucleation (or formation of seed crystal) Why does the seed crystal form at the end of the thread_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

3 What are the uses of alum______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

72